1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type
;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno
;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno
;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno
;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab
*got_entries
;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count
;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages
;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count
;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
220 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection
*stub_section
;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 long min_got_dynindx
;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
319 symbol without a GOT entry. */
320 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
323 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
324 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
325 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
330 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
333 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
340 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
342 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
343 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
345 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
349 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
350 the global hash table. */
352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
354 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
356 /* External symbol information. */
359 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
360 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
362 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
364 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
366 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
367 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
370 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
371 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
374 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
375 being called returns a floating point value. */
376 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
378 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
379 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
381 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
382 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
383 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
384 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
386 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
387 is against a readonly section. */
388 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
390 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
391 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
392 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
393 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
395 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
396 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
397 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
398 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
399 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
401 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
402 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
403 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
405 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
406 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
407 la25 stub is required. */
408 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
410 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
411 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
412 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
414 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
415 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
424 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
425 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
427 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
428 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
430 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
431 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
432 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
434 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
435 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
437 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
438 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
440 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
441 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
443 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
446 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
447 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
449 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
450 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
452 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
463 /* The master GOT information. */
464 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
466 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
470 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
473 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
476 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
479 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
482 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
485 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
486 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
488 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
489 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
491 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
494 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
495 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
497 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
498 See the comment above that structure for details. */
499 asection
*strampoline
;
501 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
505 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
506 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
507 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
508 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
510 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
512 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
514 /* Small local sym cache. */
515 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
517 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
518 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
521 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
523 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
524 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
525 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
527 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
530 /* The usual link-wide information. */
531 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
534 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
538 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
540 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
542 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
543 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
548 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
551 /* The abiflags for this object. */
552 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
553 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
555 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
556 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
558 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
559 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
560 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
561 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
563 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
564 asection
**local_stubs
;
565 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
567 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
568 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
569 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
570 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
571 asection
*elf_data_section
;
572 asection
*elf_text_section
;
575 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
577 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
578 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
580 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
581 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
609 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
615 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
616 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
620 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
622 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
625 "_procedure_string_table",
626 "_procedure_table_size",
630 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
635 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
636 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
637 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
638 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
639 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
640 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
649 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
650 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
651 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
655 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
660 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
665 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
666 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
667 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
668 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
669 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
683 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
685 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
688 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
690 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
692 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
694 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
696 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
697 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
698 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
699 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
700 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
702 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
703 has different meaning for each type:
706 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
707 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
708 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
709 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
712 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
713 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
714 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
715 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
720 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
722 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
723 loader for use by the static exception system. */
725 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
726 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
727 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
728 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
729 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
730 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
731 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
732 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
733 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
734 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
736 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
738 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
739 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
741 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
742 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
744 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
745 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
748 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
749 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
751 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
752 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
753 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
755 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
756 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
759 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
760 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
761 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
762 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
766 for RM9000 for now. */
767 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
768 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
770 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
771 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
773 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
775 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
776 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
778 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
780 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
781 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
784 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
785 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
788 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
789 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
790 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
792 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
793 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
794 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
797 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
799 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
800 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
804 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
806 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
808 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
809 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
812 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
813 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
814 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
816 /* The name of the options section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
818 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
820 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
821 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
822 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
823 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
825 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
826 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
827 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
829 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
830 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
831 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
832 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
834 /* The name of the stub section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
837 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
839 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
841 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
843 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
845 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
847 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
849 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
850 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
851 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
853 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
857 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
861 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
865 /* Get word-sized data. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
867 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
869 /* Put out word-sized data. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
872 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
873 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
875 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
877 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
879 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
881 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
883 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
884 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
886 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
887 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
888 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
890 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
891 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
892 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
893 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
895 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
896 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
898 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
899 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
901 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
902 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
903 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
905 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
907 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
909 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
910 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
912 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
913 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
914 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
915 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
916 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
917 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
919 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
921 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
922 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
924 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
925 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
927 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
928 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
929 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
930 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
931 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
932 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
933 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
934 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
935 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
936 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
937 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
938 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
939 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
941 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
942 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
944 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
945 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
946 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
947 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
948 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
949 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
954 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
955 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
956 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
957 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
960 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
961 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
962 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
963 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
964 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
965 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
966 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
967 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
969 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
970 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
972 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
974 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
975 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
978 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
979 floating point arguments.
981 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
982 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
983 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
984 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
985 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
986 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
987 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
988 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
990 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
991 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
992 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
993 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
994 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
995 stub should be discarded.
997 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
998 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
999 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1000 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1001 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1002 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1003 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1006 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1007 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1008 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1010 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1012 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1013 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1014 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1016 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1017 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1018 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1020 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1023 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1024 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1025 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1026 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1027 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1028 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1029 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1030 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1033 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1034 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1035 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1037 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1038 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1039 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1040 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1041 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1042 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1043 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1044 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1047 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1048 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1049 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1051 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1052 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1053 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1054 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1055 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1056 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1057 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1058 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1061 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1062 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1063 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1064 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1066 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1067 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1069 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1070 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1071 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1072 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1073 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1074 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1075 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1076 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1080 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1081 in the insn32 mode. */
1082 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1084 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1085 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1086 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1087 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1088 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1089 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1090 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1091 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1094 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1095 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1097 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1098 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1099 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1100 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1103 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1104 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1105 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1106 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1108 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1109 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1110 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1111 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1114 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1115 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1116 directly addressable. */
1117 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1119 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1120 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1121 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1123 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1125 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1128 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1129 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1130 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1132 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1133 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1134 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1135 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1138 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1139 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1141 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1142 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1143 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1144 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1147 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1148 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1150 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1151 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1152 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1153 0x00000000, /* nop */
1154 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1155 0x00000000 /* nop */
1158 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1159 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1161 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1162 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1163 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1164 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1165 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1166 0x00000000, /* nop */
1167 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1168 0x00000000 /* nop */
1171 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1172 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1174 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1175 0x00000000, /* nop */
1176 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1177 0x00000000, /* nop */
1178 0x00000000, /* nop */
1179 0x00000000 /* nop */
1182 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1183 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1185 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1186 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1189 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1192 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1194 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1195 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1198 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1201 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1203 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1206 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1208 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1209 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1210 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1213 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1215 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1216 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1218 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1221 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1222 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1224 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1225 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1228 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1230 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1231 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1233 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1237 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1239 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1240 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1242 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1245 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1247 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1248 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1249 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1252 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1257 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1259 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1261 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1262 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1263 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1267 /* Set local fields. */
1268 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1269 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1270 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1273 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1274 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1275 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1276 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1277 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1278 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1279 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1280 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1281 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1282 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1283 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1284 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1285 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1288 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1291 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1294 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1296 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1301 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1303 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1305 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1306 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1308 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1311 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1314 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1317 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1318 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1321 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1322 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1325 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1328 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1329 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1331 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1332 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1335 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1336 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1339 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1340 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1342 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1344 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1345 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1346 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1349 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1350 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1351 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1352 goto error_return; \
1353 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1354 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1355 goto error_return; \
1358 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1359 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1360 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1361 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1362 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1363 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1365 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1366 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1367 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1368 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1369 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1377 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1379 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1381 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1382 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1383 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1384 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1385 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1386 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1387 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1388 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1389 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1390 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1391 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1393 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1394 free (debug
->ssext
);
1395 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1396 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1397 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1398 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1399 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1400 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1404 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1407 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1409 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1410 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1412 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1416 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1417 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1422 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1425 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1426 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1427 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1429 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1430 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1432 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1434 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1435 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1439 bfd_size_type count
;
1440 unsigned long sindex
;
1444 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1452 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1454 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1455 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1458 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1460 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1464 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1467 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1468 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1472 size
= sizeof (char *);
1473 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1477 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1478 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1479 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1483 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1486 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1487 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1490 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1493 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1494 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1496 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1497 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1498 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1499 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1500 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1501 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1502 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1503 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1504 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1505 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1507 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1508 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1512 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1513 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1514 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1517 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1521 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1524 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1526 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1527 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1528 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1529 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1531 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1532 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1533 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1535 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1537 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1539 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1541 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1542 matters, but someday it might). */
1543 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1572 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1573 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1576 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1578 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1581 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1582 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1586 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1589 /* Create a new symbol. */
1590 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1592 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1593 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1599 /* Make it a local function. */
1600 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1601 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1603 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1607 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1608 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1612 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1613 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1616 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1617 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1623 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1624 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1625 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1626 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1627 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1629 /* Create a new symbol. */
1630 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1632 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1633 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1639 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1640 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1641 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1642 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1643 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1644 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1648 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1649 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1652 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1656 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1657 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1658 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1659 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1660 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1663 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1664 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1665 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1667 static unsigned long
1668 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1669 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1670 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1671 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1673 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1676 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1677 one in a compound relocation. */
1678 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1679 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1680 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1682 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1683 the traditional behavior. */
1684 if (relocs
< relend
)
1685 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1690 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1694 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1695 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1697 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1698 objects try to call them. */
1699 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1700 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1702 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1703 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1706 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1707 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1709 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1710 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1711 being included in the link. */
1712 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1713 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1714 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1715 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1716 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1719 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1720 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1722 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1723 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1724 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1725 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1726 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1727 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1728 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1729 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1732 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1733 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1735 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1736 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1737 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1738 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1739 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1740 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1741 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1742 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1746 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1749 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1751 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1753 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1754 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1755 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1759 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1761 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1763 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1764 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1765 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1766 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1767 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1768 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1771 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1772 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1776 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1777 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1780 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1782 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1786 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1787 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1788 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1789 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1795 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1796 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1797 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1798 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1799 entry points are of interest here. */
1802 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1804 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1805 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1806 && h
->root
.def_regular
1807 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1808 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1809 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1810 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1811 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1814 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1815 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1818 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1821 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1823 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1824 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1829 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1830 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1834 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1835 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1836 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1839 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1840 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1842 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1844 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1847 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1851 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1852 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1855 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1857 /* Create the section. */
1858 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1859 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1860 input_section
->output_section
);
1864 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1865 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1866 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1869 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1871 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1872 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1873 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1874 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1876 /* Allocate room for it. */
1881 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1882 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1883 the function symbol to it. */
1886 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1887 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1889 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1892 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1896 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1897 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1900 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1901 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1902 input_section
->output_section
);
1903 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1905 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1908 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1909 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1910 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1911 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1913 /* Allocate room for it. */
1918 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1919 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1922 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1923 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1925 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1926 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1927 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1932 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1933 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1937 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1938 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1942 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1946 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1949 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1950 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1954 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1955 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1961 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1962 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1963 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1964 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1966 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1967 return (use_trampoline_p
1968 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1969 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1972 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1973 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1976 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1978 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1980 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1981 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1982 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1984 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1986 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1987 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1988 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1991 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1992 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1993 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1994 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1996 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1998 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1999 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2001 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2010 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2011 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2014 The format of these instructions is:
2016 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2017 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2018 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2020 +-----------------------------------------------+
2022 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2023 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2025 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2026 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2027 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2028 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2029 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2030 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2031 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2032 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2033 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2034 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2037 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2038 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2039 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2040 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2041 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2042 value as two 16-bit values.
2044 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2048 +--------+----------------------+
2052 +--------+----------------------+
2055 +----------+------+-------------+
2059 +----------+--------------------+
2060 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2061 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2063 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2064 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2065 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2066 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2067 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2069 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2070 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2071 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2074 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2075 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2076 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2077 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2078 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2080 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2082 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2083 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2084 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2085 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2086 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2088 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2091 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2092 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2093 little-endian system. */
2095 static inline bfd_boolean
2096 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2101 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2102 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2103 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2106 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2107 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2108 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2109 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2110 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2111 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2112 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2120 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2122 static inline bfd_boolean
2123 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2125 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2128 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2129 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2130 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2132 static inline bfd_boolean
2133 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2135 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2136 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2137 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2140 static inline bfd_boolean
2141 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2143 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2144 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2145 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2148 static inline bfd_boolean
2149 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2151 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2152 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2153 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2156 static inline bfd_boolean
2157 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2159 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2162 static inline bfd_boolean
2163 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2165 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2168 static inline bfd_boolean
2169 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2171 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2174 static inline bfd_boolean
2175 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2177 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2180 static inline bfd_boolean
2181 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2183 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2186 static inline bfd_boolean
2187 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2189 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2190 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2191 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2192 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2195 static inline bfd_boolean
2196 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2198 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2199 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2200 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2201 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2204 static inline bfd_boolean
2205 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2207 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2210 static inline bfd_boolean
2211 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2213 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2214 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2215 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2218 static inline bfd_boolean
2219 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2221 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2222 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2225 static inline bfd_boolean
2226 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2228 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2229 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2230 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2231 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2234 static inline bfd_boolean
2235 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2237 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2238 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2239 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2242 static inline bfd_boolean
2243 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2245 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2246 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2247 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2250 static inline bfd_boolean
2251 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2253 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2254 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2255 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2259 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2260 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2262 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2264 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2267 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2268 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2269 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2270 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2271 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2272 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2273 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2274 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2276 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2277 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2278 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2282 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2283 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2285 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2287 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2290 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2291 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2293 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2296 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2298 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2299 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2303 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2304 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2305 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2307 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2308 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2311 bfd_reloc_status_type
2312 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2313 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2314 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2318 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2320 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2323 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2325 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2326 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2328 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2329 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2331 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2332 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2334 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2336 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2337 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2338 an external symbol. */
2340 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2341 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2343 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2345 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2347 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2348 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2352 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2355 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2357 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2360 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2361 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2362 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2367 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2369 asection
*input_section
;
2373 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2375 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2377 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2378 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2379 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2381 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2382 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2383 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2384 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2386 bfd_reloc_status_type
2387 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2388 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2389 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2390 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2392 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2394 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2395 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2397 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2399 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2401 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2403 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2404 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2407 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2408 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2410 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2413 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2414 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2415 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2417 bfd_reloc_status_type
2418 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2419 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2420 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2422 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2423 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2424 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2425 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2426 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2427 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2430 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2431 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2434 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2435 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2436 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2438 bfd_reloc_status_type
2439 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2440 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2441 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2444 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2446 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2447 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2449 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2451 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2452 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2455 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2457 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2458 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2460 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2462 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2463 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2464 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2465 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2466 has a rightshift of 0. */
2467 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2468 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2469 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2470 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2471 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2472 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2474 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2475 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2476 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2478 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2479 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2481 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2484 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2488 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2489 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2493 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2494 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2495 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2497 bfd_reloc_status_type
2498 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2499 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2500 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2501 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2504 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2505 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2507 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2509 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2510 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2512 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2514 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2516 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2517 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2518 offset or address. */
2519 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2520 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2525 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2526 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2527 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2528 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2530 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2531 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2532 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2536 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2537 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2538 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2539 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2540 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2541 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2544 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2546 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2547 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2549 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2550 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2552 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2554 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2557 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2562 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2564 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2567 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2568 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2571 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2574 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2575 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2579 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2580 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2582 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2583 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2587 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2588 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2590 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2591 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2592 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2593 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2594 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2595 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2599 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2600 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2604 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2605 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2606 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2607 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2608 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2609 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2610 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2613 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2614 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2615 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2618 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2621 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2622 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2623 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2624 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2625 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2626 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2630 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2631 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2633 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2634 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2635 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2636 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2637 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2638 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2641 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2642 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2643 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2644 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2645 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2648 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2649 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2651 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2652 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2653 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2654 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2655 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2656 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2657 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2661 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2662 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2664 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2665 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2666 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2667 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2668 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2669 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2670 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2673 /* Swap in an options header. */
2676 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2677 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2679 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2680 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2681 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2682 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2685 /* Swap out an options header. */
2688 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2689 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2691 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2692 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2693 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2694 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2697 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2700 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2701 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2702 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2704 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2705 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2706 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2707 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2708 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2709 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2710 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2711 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2712 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2713 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2714 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2717 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2720 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2721 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2722 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2724 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2725 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2726 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2727 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2728 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2729 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2730 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2731 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2732 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2733 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2734 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2737 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2738 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2741 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2743 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2744 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2747 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2748 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2750 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2754 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2756 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2761 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2764 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2765 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2768 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2769 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2771 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2772 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2773 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2774 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2776 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2778 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2781 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2783 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2792 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2793 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2794 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2795 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2796 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2797 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2798 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2799 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2800 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2801 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2802 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2803 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2804 when generating a final executable. */
2807 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2809 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2811 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2813 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2815 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2816 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2817 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2818 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2819 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2821 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2822 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2823 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2824 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2825 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2833 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2836 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2837 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2838 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2839 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2840 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2841 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2843 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2844 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2848 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2850 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2851 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2852 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2854 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2855 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2856 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2858 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2860 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2861 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2862 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2863 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2865 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2867 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2868 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2869 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2872 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2874 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2875 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2876 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2881 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2882 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2884 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2885 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2886 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2887 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2890 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2892 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2893 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2894 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2895 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2896 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2897 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2898 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2899 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2900 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2901 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2902 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2903 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2904 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2905 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2906 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2907 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2908 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2910 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2914 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2915 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2918 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2919 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2920 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2921 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2923 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2924 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2925 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2926 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2928 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2929 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2930 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2931 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2932 + sec
->output_offset
2933 + output_section
->vma
);
2935 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2939 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2941 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2942 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2944 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2946 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2947 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2948 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2949 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2950 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2952 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2955 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2956 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2957 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2958 + sec
->output_offset
2959 + output_section
->vma
);
2961 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2966 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
2967 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2970 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2977 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2980 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
2982 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
2983 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
2985 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
2988 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2990 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2993 static INLINE hashval_t
2994 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
2997 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3004 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3006 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3008 return (entry
->symndx
3009 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3010 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3011 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3012 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3013 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3014 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3018 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3020 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3021 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3023 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3024 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3025 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3026 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3027 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3028 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3029 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3033 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3035 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3037 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3038 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3039 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3040 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3041 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3045 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3047 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3049 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3050 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3051 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3052 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3053 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3054 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3055 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3059 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3061 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3063 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3064 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3068 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3070 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3072 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3073 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3074 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3077 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3079 static struct mips_got_info
*
3080 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3082 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3084 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3088 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3089 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3090 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3093 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3094 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3095 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3101 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3102 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3104 static struct mips_got_info
*
3105 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3107 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3109 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3112 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3113 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3114 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3118 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3121 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3123 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3125 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3126 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3129 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3130 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3131 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3132 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3133 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3134 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3139 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3140 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3141 if creation fails. */
3144 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3150 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3151 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3152 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3153 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3155 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3160 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3163 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3164 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3170 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3173 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3175 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3178 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3181 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3184 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3187 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3190 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3207 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3208 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3212 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3213 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3216 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3217 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3219 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3220 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3223 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3225 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3226 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3235 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3241 return bfd_link_pic (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3248 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3252 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3253 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3254 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3256 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3258 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3259 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3261 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3263 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3264 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3266 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3269 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3272 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3274 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3279 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3281 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3283 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3284 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3286 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3288 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3289 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3291 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3294 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3295 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3297 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3300 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3303 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3304 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3305 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3308 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3310 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3311 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3312 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3314 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3323 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3325 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
),
3327 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
3328 || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3329 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3332 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3335 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3337 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3338 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3341 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3342 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3343 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3344 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3345 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3347 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3348 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3349 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3351 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3354 /* General Dynamic. */
3355 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3359 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3360 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3361 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3362 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3365 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3366 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3367 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3368 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3370 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3371 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3375 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3376 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3377 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3378 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3383 /* Initial Exec model. */
3387 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3388 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3390 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3391 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3393 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3394 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3395 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3396 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3399 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3400 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3404 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3405 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3406 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3407 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3408 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3410 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3411 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3412 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3414 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3415 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3416 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3417 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3424 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3427 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3428 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3429 will be negative. */
3432 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3433 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3435 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3436 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3438 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3439 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3441 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3442 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3444 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3445 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3446 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3447 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3448 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3450 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3451 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3452 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3453 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3455 return got_address
- got_value
;
3458 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3459 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3460 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3461 offset can be found. */
3464 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3465 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3466 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3468 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3469 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3471 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3472 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3474 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3475 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3479 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3480 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3481 return entry
->gotidx
;
3484 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3487 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3488 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3490 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3491 long global_got_dynindx
;
3492 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3495 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3496 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3498 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3499 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3500 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3502 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3503 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3504 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3506 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3507 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3508 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3509 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3510 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3515 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3516 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3519 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3520 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3522 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3523 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3524 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3527 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3528 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3530 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3533 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3534 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3535 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3539 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3540 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3543 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3544 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3546 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3548 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3550 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3551 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3552 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3553 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3554 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3555 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3557 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3562 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3563 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3564 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3565 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3566 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3569 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3570 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3572 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3573 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3575 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3576 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3577 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3582 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3585 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3590 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3591 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3592 symbol that binds locally. */
3595 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3596 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3598 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3600 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3601 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3602 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3603 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3605 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3607 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3608 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3609 same in all cases. */
3610 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3611 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3613 return entry
->gotidx
;
3618 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3622 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3623 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3625 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3629 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3630 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3633 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3634 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3636 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3639 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3640 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3641 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3644 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3645 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3646 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3647 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3648 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3651 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3653 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3654 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3657 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3658 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3660 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3663 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3664 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3667 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3669 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3671 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3672 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3675 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3678 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3682 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3683 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3691 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3694 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3695 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3702 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3703 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3707 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3711 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3713 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3714 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3715 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3716 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3720 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3724 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3725 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3726 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3727 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3728 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3730 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3735 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3737 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3738 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3740 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3743 bfd_vma got_address
;
3745 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3746 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3747 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3750 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3751 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3752 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3753 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3754 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3760 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3761 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3762 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3763 the current linking stage. */
3765 static bfd_size_type
3766 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3768 bfd_size_type count
;
3771 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3772 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3775 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3777 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3778 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3779 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3780 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3781 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3787 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3788 appear towards the end. */
3791 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3793 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3794 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3795 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3797 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3800 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3801 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3808 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3809 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3810 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3811 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3812 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3813 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3814 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3817 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3818 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3819 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3820 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3821 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3822 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3823 == g
->global_gotno
);
3825 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3826 table index in the GOT. */
3827 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3832 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3833 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3837 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3839 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3841 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3843 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3846 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3849 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3853 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3854 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3857 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3858 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3859 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3860 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3867 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3868 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3869 hash table directly). */
3872 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3873 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3875 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3876 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3877 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3878 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3880 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3881 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3883 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3887 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3888 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3891 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3895 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3896 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3901 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3902 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3906 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3915 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3916 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3917 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3920 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3921 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3922 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3924 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3925 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3926 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3927 unsigned char tls_type
;
3929 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3930 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3932 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3934 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3936 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3938 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3940 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3944 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3947 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3951 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3952 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3953 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3957 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3958 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3959 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3962 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3963 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3966 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
3967 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
3969 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3970 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3971 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3973 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3974 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3977 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3980 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
3981 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
3982 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3983 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3986 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
3987 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
3991 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3992 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3993 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
3995 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3996 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
3997 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
3998 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4000 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4001 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4003 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4004 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4009 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4013 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4014 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4016 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4017 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4021 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4024 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4032 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4033 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4037 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4047 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4050 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4054 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4056 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4057 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4059 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4060 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4062 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4063 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4068 /* Make room for a null element. */
4069 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4072 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4076 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4077 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4078 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4079 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4082 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4084 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4085 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4087 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4088 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4089 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4091 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4094 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4095 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4101 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4105 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4106 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4107 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4108 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4111 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4113 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4114 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4117 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4118 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4119 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4120 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4121 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4122 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4124 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4131 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4132 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4134 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4135 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4138 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4146 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4148 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4157 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4162 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4165 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4167 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4170 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4173 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4174 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4176 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4177 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4178 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4179 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4182 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4184 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4188 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4189 seen the section. */
4190 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4193 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4201 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4203 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4204 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4205 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4207 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4208 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4209 a new singleton range. */
4211 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4213 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4217 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4218 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4219 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4227 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4228 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4230 /* Update the ranges. */
4231 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4232 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4233 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4235 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4237 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4238 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4239 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4242 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4245 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4246 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4247 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4249 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4250 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4256 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4257 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4258 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4259 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4262 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4264 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4265 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4266 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4270 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4271 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4272 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4274 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4276 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4278 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4280 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4283 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4285 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4286 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4287 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4290 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4291 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4295 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4297 /* Read in the symbol. */
4298 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4306 /* Get the associated input section. */
4307 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4314 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4315 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4316 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4317 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4318 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4322 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4323 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4324 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4325 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4327 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4328 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4331 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4333 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4341 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4342 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4343 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4344 that they require. */
4347 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4348 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4350 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4351 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4358 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4362 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4363 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4364 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4365 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4368 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4372 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4375 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4376 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4377 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4382 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4387 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4391 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4392 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4394 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4395 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4396 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4397 symbols later if appropriate. */
4398 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4401 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4402 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4403 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4404 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4405 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4408 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4409 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4410 the local rather than global GOT. */
4411 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4417 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4418 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4419 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4420 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4421 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4424 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4426 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4427 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4428 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4430 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4431 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4433 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4435 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4436 local or global GOT. */
4437 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4438 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4439 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4440 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4441 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4442 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4443 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4444 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4445 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4446 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4447 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4448 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4449 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4451 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4458 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4459 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4462 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4464 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4465 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4468 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4469 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4470 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4479 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4484 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4485 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4488 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4490 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4491 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4494 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4495 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4496 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4505 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4510 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4511 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4512 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4513 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4517 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4518 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4519 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4521 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4522 unsigned int estimate
;
4524 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4525 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4526 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4527 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4529 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4531 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4532 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4534 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4535 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4536 conservatively as well. */
4537 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4538 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4540 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4542 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4543 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4546 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4547 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4549 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4553 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4557 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4561 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4562 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4563 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4564 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4565 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4566 and then make make the new got current. */
4569 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4570 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4572 unsigned int estimate
;
4575 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4578 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4579 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4580 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4581 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4582 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4584 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4585 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4586 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4587 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4588 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4590 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4592 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4593 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4600 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4601 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4606 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4609 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4614 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4615 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4616 overflows anyway. */
4617 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4623 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4624 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4625 an index in a different GOT. */
4628 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4630 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4632 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4633 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4635 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4637 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4641 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4642 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4645 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4649 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4650 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4651 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4654 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4656 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4657 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4659 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4660 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4661 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4664 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4665 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4671 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4672 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4676 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4677 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4678 symbol to DATA->value. */
4681 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4683 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4684 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4686 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4687 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4688 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4689 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4690 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4691 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4695 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4696 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4697 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4698 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4701 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4703 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4704 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4706 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4707 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4708 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4709 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4710 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4712 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4717 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4719 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4720 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4721 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4722 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4723 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4729 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4730 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4731 lazy-binding stubs. */
4734 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4736 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4737 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4738 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4740 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4741 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4742 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4743 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4745 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4746 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4747 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4749 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4750 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4756 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4759 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4764 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4768 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4772 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4773 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4776 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4777 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4780 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4781 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4783 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4784 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4785 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4786 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4787 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4790 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4791 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4792 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4796 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4797 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4798 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4799 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4800 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4801 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4802 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4803 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4804 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4805 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4807 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4809 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4810 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4811 to be the primary GOT. */
4812 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4814 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4815 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4819 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4820 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4821 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4823 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4824 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4826 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4830 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4831 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4832 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4833 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4835 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4837 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4838 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4839 those that are actually referenced. */
4840 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4841 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4844 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4845 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4846 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4847 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4849 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4850 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4851 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4852 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4853 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4854 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4855 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4856 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4857 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4858 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4859 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4860 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4861 points back to the master GOT. */
4862 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4863 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4870 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4872 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4873 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4874 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4875 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4876 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4877 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4879 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4880 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4881 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4886 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4887 all non-TLS entries. */
4888 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4890 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4891 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4894 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4896 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4899 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4900 lazy-binding stubs. */
4902 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4906 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4909 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4911 unsigned int save_assign
;
4913 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4914 relocations they need. */
4915 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4916 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4918 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4920 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4923 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4924 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4926 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4928 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4929 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4930 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4931 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4932 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4934 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4936 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4939 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4946 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4947 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4949 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4950 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4951 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4952 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4954 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4956 while (relocation
< relend
)
4958 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4959 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4965 /* We didn't find it. */
4969 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4972 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
4973 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4974 asection
**local_sections
)
4976 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4977 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4980 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4981 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4982 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4984 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
4986 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
4992 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4995 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4997 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
4998 /* VALUE is negative. */
4999 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5004 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5005 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5009 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5011 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5013 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5014 /* The value is too big. */
5016 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5017 /* The value is too small. */
5024 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5027 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5029 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5032 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5035 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5038 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5045 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5048 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5051 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5058 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5061 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5062 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5065 register asection
*s
;
5067 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5069 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5072 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5074 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5075 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5078 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5084 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5087 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5090 register asection
*s
;
5091 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5092 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5093 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5095 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5096 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5098 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5102 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5103 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5105 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5106 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5107 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5109 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5113 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5114 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5115 are not creating a global offset table. */
5117 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5118 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5119 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5122 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5125 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5126 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5127 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5129 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5130 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5133 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5134 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5135 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5137 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5138 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5139 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5142 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5150 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5151 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5152 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5155 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5157 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5158 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5159 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5160 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5163 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5164 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5165 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5169 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5170 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5172 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5173 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5174 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5175 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5176 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5177 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5184 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5185 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5186 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5187 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5188 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5189 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5190 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5194 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5201 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5202 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5203 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5205 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5206 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5207 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5209 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5210 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5211 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5212 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5214 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5215 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5216 asection
*input_section
,
5217 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5218 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5219 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5220 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5221 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5223 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5224 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5226 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5228 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5231 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5232 shared object file being produced. */
5234 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5237 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5239 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5240 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5241 during execution. */
5242 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5243 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5245 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5246 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5247 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5249 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5250 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5251 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5252 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5253 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5254 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5255 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5257 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5259 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5260 relocation value. */
5261 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5262 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5263 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5264 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5265 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5268 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5269 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5270 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5272 /* Parse the relocation. */
5273 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5274 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5275 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5276 + input_section
->output_offset
5277 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5279 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5280 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5282 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5283 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5284 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5285 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5287 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5288 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5289 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5292 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5293 must come before globals. */
5297 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5300 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5302 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5303 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5305 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5306 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
5307 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5308 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5309 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
5310 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
5312 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5314 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5317 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5318 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5321 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5322 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5323 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5325 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5326 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5328 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5329 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5333 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5335 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5336 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5337 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5338 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5339 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5340 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5341 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5343 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5344 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5346 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5347 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5348 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5349 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5351 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5352 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5353 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5354 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5358 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5359 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5360 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5361 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5364 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5365 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5366 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5368 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5369 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5370 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5372 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5373 if (sec
->output_section
)
5374 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5375 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5376 + sec
->output_offset
);
5378 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5380 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5381 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5382 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5383 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5386 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5387 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5389 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5390 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5392 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5393 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5394 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5395 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5396 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5398 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5399 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5402 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5404 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5405 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5406 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5407 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5408 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5409 which is available from here:
5410 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5415 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5416 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5417 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5418 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5419 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
));
5420 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5423 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5424 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5427 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5428 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5430 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5432 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5433 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5435 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5436 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5437 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5439 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5440 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5442 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5443 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5444 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5446 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5447 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5451 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5456 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5459 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5460 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5461 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5462 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5471 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5472 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5473 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5475 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5476 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5477 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5478 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5479 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5480 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5482 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5483 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5484 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5487 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5490 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5491 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5493 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5498 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5500 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5502 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5509 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5512 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5515 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5516 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5518 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5520 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5521 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5522 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5523 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5524 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5525 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5526 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5527 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5528 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5529 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5531 else if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
5532 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5535 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5536 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5538 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5541 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5542 + sec
->output_offset
5543 + htab
->plt_header_size
5544 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5545 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5548 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5549 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5552 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5553 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5554 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5556 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5557 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5558 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5561 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5562 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5563 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5564 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5565 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5567 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5568 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5569 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5570 || (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5571 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5572 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5573 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5574 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5576 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5578 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5579 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5581 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5586 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5587 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5588 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5589 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5591 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5592 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5596 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5597 to need it, get it now. */
5600 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5601 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5604 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5605 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5606 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5607 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5608 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5609 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5610 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5611 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5612 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5613 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5614 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5615 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5617 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5618 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5619 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5620 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5621 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5622 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5623 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5624 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5625 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5626 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5628 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5629 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5631 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5635 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5636 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5637 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5638 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5639 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5640 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5642 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5643 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5644 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5648 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5649 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5651 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5652 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5653 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5654 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5657 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5658 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5659 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5663 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5664 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5666 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5669 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5670 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5674 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5675 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5676 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5678 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5682 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5683 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5685 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5686 + input_section
->output_offset
5687 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5688 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5689 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5690 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5692 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5693 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5695 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5696 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5699 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5702 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5706 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5709 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5710 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5711 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5712 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5718 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5719 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5721 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5722 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5723 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5724 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5726 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5727 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5728 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5730 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5731 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5732 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5733 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5734 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5735 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5737 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5745 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5749 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5750 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5754 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5758 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5759 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5763 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5764 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5765 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5766 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5767 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5769 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5773 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5774 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5777 value
= addend
| ((p
+ 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift
));
5778 else if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5779 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5784 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5785 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5786 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
&& (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
))
5787 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5790 if (!was_local_p
&& h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5791 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5792 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5796 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5797 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5798 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5799 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5803 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5804 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5805 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5806 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5807 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5808 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5811 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5812 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5813 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5814 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5818 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5819 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5820 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5821 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5822 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5823 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5828 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5831 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5832 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5836 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5837 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5838 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5842 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5843 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5844 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5845 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5846 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5847 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5848 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5849 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5850 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5851 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5852 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5854 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5855 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5861 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5862 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5864 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5867 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5868 for this conditional. */
5869 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5870 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5871 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5872 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5873 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5875 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5876 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5877 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5878 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5879 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5882 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5883 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5886 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5887 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5888 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5889 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5890 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5891 not check for overflow here. */
5895 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5896 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5897 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5898 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5899 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5904 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5905 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5906 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5907 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5908 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5909 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5910 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5911 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5912 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5913 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5914 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5915 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5916 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5917 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5918 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5919 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5920 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5921 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5925 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5926 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5929 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5930 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5933 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5934 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5935 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5936 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5937 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
5939 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5940 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
5941 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5942 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5944 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5945 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5952 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5953 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5954 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5955 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5956 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5957 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5958 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5959 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5960 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5961 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5963 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5966 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5967 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
5969 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5973 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
5974 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5975 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
5977 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
5978 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5980 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5981 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5982 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
5983 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5984 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5987 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5988 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5989 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
5991 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
5992 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5994 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5995 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5996 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
5997 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5998 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6001 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6002 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6003 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6005 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6006 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6008 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6009 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6010 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6011 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6012 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6015 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6016 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6017 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6019 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6020 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6022 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6023 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6024 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6025 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6026 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6029 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6030 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6031 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6033 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6034 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6036 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6037 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6038 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6039 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6040 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6044 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6045 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6046 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6047 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6051 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6052 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6053 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6054 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6057 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6058 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6059 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6060 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6061 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6062 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6063 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6064 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6067 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6068 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6069 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6070 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6071 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6072 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6073 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6074 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6077 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6078 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6079 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6080 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6081 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6082 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6083 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6084 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6087 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6088 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6089 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6090 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6091 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6092 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6093 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6094 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6097 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6098 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6099 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6100 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6101 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6102 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6103 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6105 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6106 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6109 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6110 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6111 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6112 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6113 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6116 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6117 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6118 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6119 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6120 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6121 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6122 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6125 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6126 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6128 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6131 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6135 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6136 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6137 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6141 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6142 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6143 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6146 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6147 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6148 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6149 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6152 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6153 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6154 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6155 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6159 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6160 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6161 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6162 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6163 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6164 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6165 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6169 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6170 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6171 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6172 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6175 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6176 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6179 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6181 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6184 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6187 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6188 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6189 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6192 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6193 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6195 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6197 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
6202 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6203 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6204 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6206 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6207 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6209 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6212 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6213 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6214 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6215 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6216 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6217 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6221 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6224 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6225 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6227 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6229 /* Obtain the current value. */
6230 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6232 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6233 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6235 /* Set the field. */
6236 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6238 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
6239 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6242 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6243 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6245 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6246 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6248 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6251 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6253 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6258 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6262 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6263 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6266 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6267 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
6270 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
6271 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6275 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6276 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6279 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6281 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6282 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6283 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6284 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6285 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6286 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6287 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6288 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6289 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6290 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6291 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6297 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6298 + input_section
->output_offset
6299 + relocation
->r_offset
6301 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6302 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6306 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6308 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6309 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6311 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6315 /* Put the value into the output. */
6316 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6318 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6320 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6326 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6327 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6328 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6329 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6332 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6333 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6334 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6335 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6336 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6337 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6339 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6344 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6345 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6347 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6348 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6350 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6351 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6352 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6353 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6354 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6355 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6358 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6359 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6360 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6362 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6363 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6364 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6365 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6368 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6369 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6372 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6374 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6375 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6376 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6381 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6382 in the relocation. */
6383 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6385 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6386 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6387 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6388 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6390 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6391 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6392 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6393 undefined symbols. */
6398 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6400 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6402 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6407 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6410 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6411 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6417 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6418 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6419 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6420 local symbols because we used to generate them
6421 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6422 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6423 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6424 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6425 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6426 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6428 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6429 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6430 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6431 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6432 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6437 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6438 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6439 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6440 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6441 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6444 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6445 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6446 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6448 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6449 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6450 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6453 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6454 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6455 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6456 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6457 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6458 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6459 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6460 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6461 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6462 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6463 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6464 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6465 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6466 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6469 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6471 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6472 correct location in the output file. */
6473 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6474 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6475 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6476 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6477 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6478 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6480 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6481 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6482 relocation format is non-standard. */
6483 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6485 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6486 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6488 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6490 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6492 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6493 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6494 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6495 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6497 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6500 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6501 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6502 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6504 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6505 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6507 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6508 will be writing to it. */
6509 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6512 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6513 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6515 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6520 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6522 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6523 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6524 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6525 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6526 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6527 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6529 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6530 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6531 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6533 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6534 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6535 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6536 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6537 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6538 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6539 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6543 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6544 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6546 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6547 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6552 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6555 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6557 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6559 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6560 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6562 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6563 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6565 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6566 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6568 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6569 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6571 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6572 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6574 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6575 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6577 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6578 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6580 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6581 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6583 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6584 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6586 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6587 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6589 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6590 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6592 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6593 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6595 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6596 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6598 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6599 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6601 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6602 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6604 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6605 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6607 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6608 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6610 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6611 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6614 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6618 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6621 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6624 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6627 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6630 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6632 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6633 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6635 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6636 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6638 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6639 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6641 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6642 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6644 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6645 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6647 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6648 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6655 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6657 static INLINE
char *
6658 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6662 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6663 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6666 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6668 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6672 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6674 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6676 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6678 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6681 return "unknown abi";
6685 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6686 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6687 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6688 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6689 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6690 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6691 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6692 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6694 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6695 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6696 definition in a shared library. */
6697 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6698 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6699 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6701 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6704 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6706 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6708 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6709 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6710 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6712 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6713 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6714 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6715 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6716 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6717 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6718 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6720 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6721 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6722 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6723 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6724 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6725 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6726 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6727 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6728 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6729 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6731 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6735 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6736 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6737 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6738 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6739 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6742 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6743 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6745 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6746 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6747 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6748 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6749 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6750 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6751 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6752 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6753 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6754 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6756 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6757 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6760 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6761 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6766 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6768 if (section
!= NULL
)
6770 asym
->section
= section
;
6771 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6772 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6773 base address to make it an offset. */
6774 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6781 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6783 if (section
!= NULL
)
6785 asym
->section
= section
;
6786 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6787 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6788 base address to make it an offset. */
6789 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6795 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6796 or microMIPS one. */
6797 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6798 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6801 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6802 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6803 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6805 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6806 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6810 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6811 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6813 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6814 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6815 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6816 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6817 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6819 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6820 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6821 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6822 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6824 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6825 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6826 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6827 We therefore take the following approach:
6829 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6830 determine the pointer size.
6832 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6833 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6837 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6838 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6839 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6840 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6841 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6843 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6844 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6848 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6850 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
6852 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
6854 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
6856 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6857 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6858 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
6865 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
6866 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
6867 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
6876 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6877 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6878 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6880 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6881 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6884 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6885 will jump there rather than to .text.
6887 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6888 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6891 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
6893 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
6896 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6897 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6898 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6902 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
6904 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6905 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
6909 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6910 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
6913 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
6916 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6917 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6921 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6922 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6923 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
6924 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
6926 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6928 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6929 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6930 so that we don't have to read them again.
6931 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6932 through the section contents to see if there is an
6933 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6935 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
6937 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6938 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6940 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6942 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6944 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6946 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6947 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6948 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6951 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6958 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6959 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
6962 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6963 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
6966 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6973 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6974 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
6977 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6978 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6985 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
6987 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
6989 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6990 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6991 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6992 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6993 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6994 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6995 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6996 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6997 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
6998 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
6999 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7000 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7001 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7002 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7004 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7006 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7008 unsigned int adjust
;
7010 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7012 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7020 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7021 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7022 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7024 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7028 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7029 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7035 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7036 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7037 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7038 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7039 probably get away with this. */
7040 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7042 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7043 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7047 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7050 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7051 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7054 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7055 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7058 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7059 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7062 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7063 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7065 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7067 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7068 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7069 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7071 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7073 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7074 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7077 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7078 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7081 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7082 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7085 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7086 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7088 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7090 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7091 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7092 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7095 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7096 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7099 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7100 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7101 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7108 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7113 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7114 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7120 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7122 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7124 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7125 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7127 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7128 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7129 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7131 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7134 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7136 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7137 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7138 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7139 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7140 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7142 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7145 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7146 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7148 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7149 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7152 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7153 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7154 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7155 they should agree. */
7156 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7158 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7160 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7161 if (contents
== NULL
)
7163 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7170 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7171 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7173 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7175 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7177 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7179 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7180 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7181 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7184 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7186 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7188 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7190 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7191 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7193 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7195 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7197 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7199 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7201 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7202 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7204 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7214 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7215 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7216 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7219 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7221 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7223 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7225 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7226 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7227 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7229 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7230 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7231 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7233 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7234 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7235 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7237 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7238 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7239 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7241 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7242 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7243 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7244 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7245 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7247 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7249 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7251 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7252 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7253 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7254 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7256 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7257 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7259 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7262 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7264 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7265 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7266 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7267 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7269 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7270 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7272 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7273 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7276 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7277 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7278 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7279 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7280 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7281 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7282 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7283 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7285 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7286 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7288 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7290 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7291 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7292 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7294 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7296 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7297 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7298 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7300 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7302 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7303 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7305 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7306 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7308 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7310 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7311 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7312 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7313 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7314 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7316 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7318 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7319 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7320 final_write_processing. */
7322 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7323 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7325 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7326 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7327 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7329 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7331 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7332 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7333 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7336 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7337 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7338 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7339 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7340 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7345 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7346 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7347 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7348 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7349 the .scommon section. */
7352 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7353 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7355 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7357 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7360 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7362 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7368 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7369 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7372 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7373 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7374 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7375 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7377 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7378 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7379 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7381 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7386 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7387 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7388 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7389 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7390 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7391 is not done for them. */
7393 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7394 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7400 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7403 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7404 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7405 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7406 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7407 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7410 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7411 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7412 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7413 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7417 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7418 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7420 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7421 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7422 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7424 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7425 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7428 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7429 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7430 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7433 /* Initialize the section. */
7435 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7436 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7438 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7439 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7441 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7442 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7443 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7444 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7445 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7446 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7447 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7449 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7450 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7451 so I took it out. */
7452 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7455 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7456 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7458 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7459 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7461 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7462 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7463 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7465 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7466 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7469 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7470 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7471 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7474 /* Initialize the section. */
7476 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7477 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7479 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7480 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7482 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7483 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7484 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7485 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7486 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7487 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7488 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7490 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7491 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7492 so I took it out. */
7493 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7496 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7497 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7501 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7502 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7503 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7504 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7506 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7507 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7509 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7511 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7512 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7513 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7516 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7519 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7521 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7524 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7525 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7528 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7529 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7530 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7531 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7537 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7538 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7539 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7542 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7543 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7544 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7545 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7547 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7548 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7549 common in the output file. */
7550 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7551 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7552 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7554 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7555 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7560 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7562 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7565 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7567 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7568 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7570 register asection
*s
;
7571 const char * const *namep
;
7572 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7574 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7575 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7577 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7578 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7580 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7582 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7584 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7587 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7592 /* We need to create .got section. */
7593 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7596 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7599 /* Create .stub section. */
7600 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7601 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7604 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7605 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7609 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7610 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7611 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7613 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7614 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7616 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7617 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7621 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7622 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7623 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7624 the linker takes such action. */
7625 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7627 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7630 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7631 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7632 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7635 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7638 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7640 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7644 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7645 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7647 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7651 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7652 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7654 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7656 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7658 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7660 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7662 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7665 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7667 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7669 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7671 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7674 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7678 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7680 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7681 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7682 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7685 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7688 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7690 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7693 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7695 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7696 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7697 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7698 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7699 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7700 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7702 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7704 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7705 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7706 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7709 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7712 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7714 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7716 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7720 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7721 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7722 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7725 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7726 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7727 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7728 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7730 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7731 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7734 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7736 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
7741 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7742 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7743 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7749 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7750 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7751 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7754 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7755 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7756 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7758 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7759 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7761 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7762 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7763 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7764 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7766 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7767 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7768 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7771 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7772 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7773 of the section that REL is against. */
7776 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7777 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7780 unsigned int r_type
;
7784 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7785 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7787 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7788 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7789 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7790 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7792 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
7794 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
7796 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
7802 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7803 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7804 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7805 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7806 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7809 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7810 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7811 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7812 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7814 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7815 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7816 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7819 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7820 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7821 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7822 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7823 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7824 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
7825 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
7827 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7829 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7830 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7831 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7834 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7836 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7837 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7838 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7839 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7840 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7841 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7843 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7844 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7845 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7846 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
7847 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7850 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7851 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
7852 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
7854 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7855 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7862 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7863 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7864 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7867 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
7872 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7873 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7875 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7879 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
7882 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
7884 static struct plt_entry
*
7885 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
7887 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
7889 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
7893 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7894 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7895 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7896 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
7900 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7901 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
7902 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
7905 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7906 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
7910 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7911 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7913 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7914 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
7916 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7917 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7920 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7922 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7925 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7926 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7928 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7929 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7930 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7931 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7933 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7934 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7936 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7938 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7939 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
7941 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7943 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7946 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7949 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7950 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7951 " stub section `%s'"),
7953 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7957 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7958 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7962 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7963 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7964 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7965 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7967 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7968 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7970 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7971 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7972 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7973 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7977 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7979 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7982 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7983 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7984 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7985 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
7988 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7997 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7998 not need it. Since this function is called before
7999 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8000 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8002 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8006 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8008 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8010 unsigned long symcount
;
8014 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8015 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8017 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8018 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8019 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8022 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8025 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8026 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8028 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8029 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8030 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8031 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8035 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8037 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8038 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8040 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8041 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8042 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8044 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8046 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8047 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8048 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8049 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8050 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8051 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8053 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8057 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8059 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8062 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8064 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8065 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8068 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8071 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8074 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8075 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8076 " stub section `%s'"),
8078 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8082 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8083 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8087 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8088 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8089 that refers to this symbol. */
8090 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8092 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8093 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8095 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8096 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8097 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8098 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8102 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8104 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8107 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8108 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8109 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8110 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8113 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8122 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8123 not need it. Since this function is called before
8124 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8125 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8127 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8131 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8133 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8135 unsigned long symcount
;
8139 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8140 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8142 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8143 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8144 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8147 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8150 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8151 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8153 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8154 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8155 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8156 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8160 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8161 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8163 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8165 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8166 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8168 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8170 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8171 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8172 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8173 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8174 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8177 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8181 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8183 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8189 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8191 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8192 unsigned int r_type
;
8193 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8194 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8195 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8196 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8198 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8199 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8201 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8203 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8205 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8206 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8208 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8213 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8216 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8217 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8218 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8220 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8222 h
->root
.non_ir_ref
= 1;
8226 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8227 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8228 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8230 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8231 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8232 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8234 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8235 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8236 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8237 .debug* should have no effect. */
8238 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8243 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8244 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8245 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8246 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8247 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8248 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8249 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8253 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8254 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8255 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8256 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8257 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8258 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8260 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8261 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8262 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8263 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8264 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8265 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8266 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8267 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8268 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8269 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8270 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8271 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8272 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8273 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8275 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8276 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8278 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8280 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8281 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8282 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8283 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8286 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8291 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8292 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8293 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8294 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8297 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8298 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8299 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8300 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8301 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8302 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8303 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8304 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8305 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8306 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8312 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8313 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8314 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8316 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8317 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8318 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8319 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8320 against a read-only section. */
8321 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8323 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8324 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8325 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8326 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8327 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8328 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8330 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8332 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8338 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8339 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8341 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8342 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8343 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8344 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8345 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8346 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8352 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8354 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8355 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8358 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8360 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8361 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8362 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8363 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8364 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8365 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8368 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8369 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8370 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8371 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8375 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8379 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8380 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8381 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8382 relocations against the text segment. */
8383 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8386 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8387 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8388 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8389 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8391 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8392 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8393 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8394 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8395 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8396 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8397 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8398 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8399 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8400 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8405 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8406 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8407 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8412 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8413 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8416 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8417 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8418 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8419 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8424 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8425 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8426 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8427 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8430 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8431 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8432 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8433 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8437 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8438 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8439 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8445 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8446 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8447 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8449 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8450 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8451 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8452 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8453 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8454 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8456 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8457 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8458 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8460 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8462 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8464 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8465 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8467 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8468 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8471 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8474 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8475 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8481 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8482 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8484 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8485 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8486 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8487 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8491 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8492 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8495 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8496 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8497 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8502 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8503 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8504 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8505 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8506 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8509 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8510 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8511 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8512 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8514 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8520 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8521 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8522 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8523 for TLS GD relocations. */
8526 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8532 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8542 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8543 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8544 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8545 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8549 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8553 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
8555 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8556 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8557 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8558 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8559 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8560 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8561 relocations against the text segment. */
8562 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8566 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8568 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8569 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8570 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8571 it will be left as zero.
8573 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8574 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8576 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8577 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8579 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8580 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8581 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8582 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8583 are relocations against the text segment. */
8584 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8588 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8589 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8590 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8594 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8595 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8596 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8597 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8598 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8599 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8600 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8601 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8602 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8603 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8606 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8607 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8608 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8609 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8613 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8614 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8615 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8616 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8618 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8626 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8627 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8628 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8629 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8630 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8631 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8634 && jal_reloc_p (r_type
)
8635 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8637 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8638 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8639 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8642 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
8643 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8645 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8648 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8649 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8650 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8651 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8653 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8654 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8656 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8658 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8659 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8662 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8663 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8664 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8665 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8666 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8667 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8674 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8675 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8676 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8677 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8678 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8679 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8680 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8683 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8684 and has a special meaning. */
8685 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8686 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8689 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8690 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8697 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8698 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8699 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8700 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8702 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8703 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8715 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8716 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8719 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8720 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8721 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8722 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8724 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8725 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8726 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8728 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8731 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
))
8734 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8735 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8736 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8739 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8740 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8741 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8742 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8744 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8747 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8748 unsigned int r_type
;
8749 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8751 unsigned long instruction
;
8753 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8754 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8755 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8756 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8757 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8760 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8761 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8762 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8764 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8765 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8766 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8768 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8769 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8770 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8772 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8774 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8775 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8776 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8777 || (bfd_link_pic (link_info
) && ! link_info
->symbolic
8778 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8781 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8782 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8783 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8784 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8785 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8787 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8791 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8793 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8794 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8796 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8797 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8798 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8799 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8801 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8805 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8806 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8808 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8809 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8810 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8811 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8814 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8815 symval
= isym
->st_value
8816 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8817 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8820 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8822 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8823 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8825 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8826 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8831 /* Check that it's in range. */
8832 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8835 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8836 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8839 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8841 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8842 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8843 instruction
= 0x04110000;
8844 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8845 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8846 instruction
= 0x10000000;
8850 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
8851 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8852 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
8855 if (contents
!= NULL
8856 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8858 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
8862 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8863 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8869 if (contents
!= NULL
8870 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8875 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8878 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8880 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8882 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8883 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8885 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8886 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8888 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8889 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8891 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8892 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8893 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8896 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8897 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8898 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8901 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8902 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8903 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8904 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
8905 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8906 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8907 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8908 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
8910 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8912 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8914 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8915 non-default visibility. */
8916 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
8919 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8921 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8923 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8930 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8931 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8932 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8933 relocations against it.
8935 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8936 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8938 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8940 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8941 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8942 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8945 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8946 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8947 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8948 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8949 against the text segment. */
8950 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8957 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8958 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8959 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8960 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8964 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8965 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8968 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8969 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8971 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8972 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8974 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8975 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8977 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8978 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
8980 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
8983 && !h
->def_regular
)));
8985 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8987 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8988 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8989 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8990 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8991 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8993 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8994 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8995 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8997 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9000 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9001 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9002 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9003 executable and the shared library. */
9004 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9006 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9007 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9011 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9012 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9014 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9015 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9016 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9017 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9018 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9019 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9020 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9021 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9022 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9023 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9024 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9025 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9026 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9028 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9029 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9031 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9032 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9033 for PLT offset calculations. */
9034 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9036 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9037 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9039 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9040 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9041 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9042 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9043 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9044 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
9047 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9048 for the same reason as above. */
9049 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
9050 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9053 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9055 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9057 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9058 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9060 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9061 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9062 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9063 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9065 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9066 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9067 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9068 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9069 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9070 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9071 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9073 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9074 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9075 else if (!micromips_p
)
9077 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9078 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9079 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9080 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9082 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9084 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9085 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9086 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9087 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9091 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9092 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9093 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9094 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9098 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9099 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9100 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9103 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9104 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9106 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9107 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9108 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9109 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9114 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9116 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9117 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9120 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9121 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9122 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9123 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9124 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9125 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9126 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9129 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9131 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9134 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9136 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9137 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9139 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9141 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9142 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9145 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9146 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9148 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9149 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9150 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9151 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9153 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9154 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9155 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9156 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9158 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9159 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9160 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9162 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9163 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9164 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9169 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9170 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9171 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9172 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
9174 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9175 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
9176 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9177 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9181 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9182 in regular objects. */
9186 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9187 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9188 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9191 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9192 some that we can't convert. */
9193 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9195 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9196 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9197 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9198 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9202 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9203 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9204 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9205 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9206 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9207 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9208 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9209 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9210 same memory location for the variable. */
9212 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9214 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9215 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9217 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9221 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9222 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9223 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9225 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
9228 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9229 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9230 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9233 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9234 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9237 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9238 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9240 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9241 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9243 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9244 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9246 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9248 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9249 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9251 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9254 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9256 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9257 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9264 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9267 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9271 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9272 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9273 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9275 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9276 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9278 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9279 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9285 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9288 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9289 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9290 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9291 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9292 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9294 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9295 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9296 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9298 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9299 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9300 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9302 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9305 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9306 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9308 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9310 asection
*subsection
;
9312 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9314 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9316 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9318 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9319 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9323 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9324 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9325 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9326 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9329 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9330 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9331 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9333 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9335 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9336 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9338 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9339 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9341 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9342 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9343 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9345 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9346 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9348 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9350 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9355 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9356 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9357 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9358 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9359 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9360 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9362 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9363 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9366 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9367 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9370 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9371 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9373 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9374 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9375 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9377 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9379 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9385 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9388 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9390 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9391 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9393 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9394 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9396 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9399 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9400 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9401 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9403 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9404 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9405 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9407 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9408 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9410 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9411 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9412 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9413 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9414 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9415 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9416 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9417 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9418 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9419 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9420 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9421 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9422 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9424 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9425 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9426 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9428 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9431 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9432 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9433 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9436 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9438 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9439 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9440 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9444 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9445 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9446 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9448 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9450 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9451 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9452 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9454 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9455 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9456 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9457 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9462 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9463 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9464 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9465 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9466 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9471 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9472 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9475 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9477 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9478 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9479 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9480 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9481 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9482 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9483 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9486 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9487 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9489 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9492 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9494 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9496 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9499 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9500 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9501 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9503 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9504 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9505 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9508 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9515 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9516 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9517 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9518 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9521 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9523 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9524 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9525 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9530 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9531 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9533 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9535 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9536 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9537 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9539 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9540 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9543 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9549 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9550 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9553 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9554 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9556 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9559 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
9560 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9561 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9567 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9570 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9571 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9574 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9575 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9576 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9578 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9579 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9580 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9581 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9583 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9585 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9586 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9588 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9589 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9591 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9593 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9596 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9597 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9598 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9599 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9600 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9601 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9603 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9604 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9606 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9607 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9608 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9610 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9611 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9612 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9613 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9614 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9617 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9618 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9619 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
->size
== 0);
9621 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9622 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9623 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9624 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9625 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9626 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9627 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9628 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9629 else if (!micromips_p
)
9630 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9631 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9632 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9634 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9636 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9637 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9638 htab
->splt
->size
= (size
9639 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9640 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9641 htab
->sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9642 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9644 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9646 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9648 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
9649 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9650 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9655 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9656 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9662 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9663 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9665 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9667 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9670 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9672 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9673 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9676 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9680 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9681 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9682 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9684 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9687 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9691 const char *outname
;
9694 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9695 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9696 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9697 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9698 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9700 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9702 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9704 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9705 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9706 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9709 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9710 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9711 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9714 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9715 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9716 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9717 will move them around between input sections'
9718 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9719 broken, so don't let it run. */
9720 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9723 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9724 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9725 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9727 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9728 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9729 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9731 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9732 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9733 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9734 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
9736 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9737 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9738 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9739 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9740 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9743 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9745 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
9746 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9747 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
9749 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9755 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9759 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9762 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9763 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9764 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9766 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9771 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9773 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9774 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9775 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9776 the .dynamic section. */
9778 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9779 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9780 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9781 may only look at the first one they see. */
9782 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
9783 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9786 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9787 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
9790 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9791 used by the debugger. */
9792 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9793 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9794 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9797 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9798 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9800 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9802 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9805 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9806 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9807 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9808 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9809 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9812 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9815 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9816 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9818 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9819 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9820 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9822 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9825 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9828 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9834 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9836 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9839 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9842 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9846 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9849 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9852 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9855 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9858 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9861 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9864 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9867 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9868 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9871 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9872 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9873 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9874 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9877 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9879 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9882 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9885 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9888 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9891 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9892 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9899 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9900 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9901 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9902 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9905 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9906 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9907 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9909 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9910 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9913 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9915 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9916 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9917 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9918 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9920 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9921 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9924 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9925 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9927 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9928 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9930 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9931 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9934 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9935 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9936 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
9940 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9941 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9942 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9943 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9944 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9945 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9946 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9947 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9948 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9949 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9950 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9952 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9953 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9954 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9957 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9958 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9959 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9960 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
9961 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
9962 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
9963 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
9966 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9967 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9968 unsigned int r_type
;
9971 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
9973 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
9974 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
9976 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9982 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9983 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
9984 howto
, i
, contents
);
9989 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9992 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9993 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9994 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
9995 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9996 asection
**local_sections
)
9998 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
9999 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10000 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10001 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10002 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10004 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10005 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10006 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10010 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10011 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10012 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10014 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10015 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10017 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10019 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10020 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10021 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10023 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10024 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10026 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10027 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10029 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10030 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10031 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10033 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10038 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10041 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10042 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10043 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10044 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10045 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10046 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10049 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10050 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10051 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10054 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10056 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10057 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10058 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10062 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10064 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10065 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10066 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10067 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10068 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10069 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10070 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10072 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10074 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10075 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10078 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10080 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10081 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10082 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10083 RELA relocation. */
10084 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10087 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10088 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10090 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10091 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10092 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10095 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10096 contents
, &addend
))
10099 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10101 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10102 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10104 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10105 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10106 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
10111 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10114 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10115 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10116 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10119 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10121 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10122 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10123 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10125 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10127 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10128 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10129 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10130 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10131 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10132 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10133 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10135 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10137 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10138 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10139 source of the addend in the final link. */
10140 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10142 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10143 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10144 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10145 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10146 but for endianness. */
10152 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10154 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10161 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10162 do two separate stores. */
10163 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10165 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10167 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10168 high_bits
= addend
;
10173 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10175 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10176 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10177 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10178 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10182 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10183 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10188 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10192 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10193 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10194 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10196 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10197 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10198 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10199 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10201 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10203 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10204 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10205 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10206 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10207 local_sections
, &value
,
10208 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10209 use_saved_addend_p
))
10211 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10212 /* There's nothing to do. */
10215 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10216 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10217 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10218 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10219 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10222 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10223 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10224 info
->callbacks
->warning
10225 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10228 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10229 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10230 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10231 a given location. */
10235 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10237 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10238 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10239 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10240 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10241 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10242 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10244 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10245 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10247 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10248 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10250 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10251 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10252 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10259 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10261 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10262 msg
= _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
10263 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10264 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10267 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10268 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10271 /* Fall through. */
10278 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10279 until we reach the last one. */
10280 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10286 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10287 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10288 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10289 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10290 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10291 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10292 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10293 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10299 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10301 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10308 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10309 do two separate stores. */
10310 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10312 /* Undo what we did above. */
10313 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10314 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10316 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10322 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10324 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10325 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10326 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10327 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10331 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10332 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10333 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10334 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10341 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10342 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10345 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10347 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10348 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10349 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10352 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10354 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10355 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10356 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10357 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10359 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10360 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10364 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10373 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10374 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10376 /* Work out the target address. */
10377 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10378 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10380 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10381 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10383 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10385 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10386 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10387 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10389 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10391 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10392 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10394 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10395 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10400 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10401 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10406 /* This is trampoline. */
10408 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10410 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10411 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10412 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10413 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10414 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10415 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10416 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10420 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10421 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10422 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10423 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10429 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10430 adjust it appropriately now. */
10433 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10434 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10436 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10437 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10438 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10441 "__dso_displacement",
10443 "__program_header_table",
10447 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10455 const char* const *p
;
10458 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10459 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10462 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10464 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10466 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10467 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10469 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10471 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10473 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10479 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10480 dynamic sections here. */
10483 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10484 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10485 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10486 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10490 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10493 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10494 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10496 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10497 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10498 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10499 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10501 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10503 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10504 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10505 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10507 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10509 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10510 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10514 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10516 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10517 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10518 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10519 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10520 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10522 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10523 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10524 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10525 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10527 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10528 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10529 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10530 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10532 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10533 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10535 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10536 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10537 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10538 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10540 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10542 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10543 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10544 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10546 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10547 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10549 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10551 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10553 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10554 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10556 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10557 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10559 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10561 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10562 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10564 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10565 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10566 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10569 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10571 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10572 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10576 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10577 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10582 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10583 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10585 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10587 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10588 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10590 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10592 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10593 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10595 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10596 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10598 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10600 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10601 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10602 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10603 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10604 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10605 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10606 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10608 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10610 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10612 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10613 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10614 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10615 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10616 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10617 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10618 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10619 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10623 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10624 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10625 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10627 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10629 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10630 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10631 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10633 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10634 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10636 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10637 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10638 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10640 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
10641 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
10642 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10643 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10646 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10647 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10648 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10649 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10650 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10651 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10652 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10656 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10657 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
10658 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10659 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10661 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10662 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10663 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10664 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10665 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10666 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10667 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10675 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10677 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10678 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10679 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10680 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10681 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10682 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10683 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10686 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10687 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10688 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10690 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10692 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10694 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10696 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10698 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10699 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10701 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10704 /* Fill the stub. */
10708 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10713 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10714 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10719 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10722 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10724 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10726 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10727 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10733 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10739 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10743 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10744 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10745 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10746 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10747 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10749 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10750 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10751 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10754 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10755 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10762 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10764 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
10766 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10768 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10772 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10775 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10776 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10777 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10778 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10780 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10781 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10784 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10788 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10789 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10792 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10793 only for the referenced symbol. */
10794 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10796 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10797 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10798 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10799 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10800 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10801 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10803 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10806 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10807 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10809 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10811 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10812 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10813 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10814 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10815 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10818 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10819 || h
->forced_local
);
10822 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10823 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10825 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10826 the symbols that need them. */
10827 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10832 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10833 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10834 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10837 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
10839 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10845 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10848 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
10850 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10853 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10856 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10857 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
10858 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10859 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10861 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10862 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10864 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10865 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10866 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10867 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10868 appropriate addend. */
10869 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10871 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10872 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10873 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10875 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10876 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10879 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10880 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10881 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10885 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10886 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10891 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10892 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10893 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10894 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10895 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10896 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10897 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10899 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10900 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10903 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10905 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10906 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10907 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
10909 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10911 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10912 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10914 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10915 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10917 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10919 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
10921 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10922 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10923 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
10924 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10926 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
10928 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
10929 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10930 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10931 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10935 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10941 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10942 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10944 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10945 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10946 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10947 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10948 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
10949 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
10952 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10953 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
10954 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
10956 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
10957 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
10958 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
10960 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10961 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
10963 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
10965 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10966 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
10972 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10975 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10976 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10977 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10978 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10982 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10983 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10984 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10986 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10987 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10988 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10989 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10991 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10994 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
10995 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10996 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10997 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
10998 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11000 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11001 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11003 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11004 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
11005 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11006 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
11008 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11009 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11010 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
11013 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11014 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11015 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
11016 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11018 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11019 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11020 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11022 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11023 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11024 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11026 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11027 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11028 (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
11029 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11031 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11032 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11034 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11036 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11038 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11042 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11044 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11045 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11046 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11048 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11049 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11050 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11051 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11052 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11053 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11054 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11055 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11057 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11058 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11060 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11061 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11062 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11063 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11064 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11066 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11067 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11068 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11069 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11070 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11071 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11073 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11074 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11076 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11077 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11080 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11081 loc
= (htab
->srelplt
->contents
11082 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11083 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11084 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11086 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11088 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11089 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11092 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11095 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11096 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11098 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11099 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11102 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11106 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11107 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11108 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11110 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11111 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11112 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11113 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11114 + sgot
->output_offset
11116 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11117 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11118 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11121 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11124 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11126 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11128 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11129 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11130 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11131 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11133 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
11134 htab
->srelbss
->contents
11135 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
11136 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
11137 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
11140 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11141 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11142 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11147 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11150 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11153 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11154 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11155 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11157 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11158 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11160 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11161 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11162 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11163 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11164 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11165 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11166 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11167 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11169 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11171 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11172 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11173 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11174 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11175 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11177 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11178 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11179 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11180 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11182 /* Install the PLT header. */
11183 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11184 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11186 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11187 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11190 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11192 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11193 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
11194 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11196 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11197 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11199 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11200 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11202 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
11203 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
11204 (long) gotpc_offset
);
11205 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11208 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11209 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11210 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11211 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11212 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11214 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11218 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11219 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11220 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11221 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11222 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11223 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11224 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11225 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11229 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11231 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11233 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11242 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11243 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11246 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11248 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11250 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11251 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11252 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11254 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11255 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11257 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11259 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11260 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11261 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11262 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11264 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11265 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11267 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11268 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
11270 /* Install the PLT header. */
11271 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11272 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11273 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11274 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11277 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11279 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11280 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11281 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11282 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11284 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11285 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11287 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11288 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11289 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11290 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11291 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11292 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11294 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11295 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11296 in which symbols were output. */
11297 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11299 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11301 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11302 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11303 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11304 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11306 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11307 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11308 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11309 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11311 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11312 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11313 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11314 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11318 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11321 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11324 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11326 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11327 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11329 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11330 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11331 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11332 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11335 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11338 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11339 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11344 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11345 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11347 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11348 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11350 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11352 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11355 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11357 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11360 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11362 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11363 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11365 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11366 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11368 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11369 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11370 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11372 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11376 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11378 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11379 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11381 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11387 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11391 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11392 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11396 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11398 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11403 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11406 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11408 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11411 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11412 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11415 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11416 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11419 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11423 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11427 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11429 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11432 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11434 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11437 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11438 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11439 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11440 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11443 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11444 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11447 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11448 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11449 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11450 referenced within the same object. */
11451 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11454 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11455 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11457 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11460 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11461 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11462 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
11464 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11466 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11467 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11470 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11472 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11475 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11476 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11479 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11481 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11482 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11485 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11486 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11489 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11491 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11493 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11494 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11498 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11500 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11501 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11502 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11505 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11506 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11509 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11511 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11512 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11513 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11514 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11515 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11516 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11517 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11521 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11522 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11523 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11524 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11528 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11529 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11531 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11535 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11536 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11537 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11539 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11543 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11544 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11548 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11549 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11550 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
11554 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11555 the dynamic tag. */
11556 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11558 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11559 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11564 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11565 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11566 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11567 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11569 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11573 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11574 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11575 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11580 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11581 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11582 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11586 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11591 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11592 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11593 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11596 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11597 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11599 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11601 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11602 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11603 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11604 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11605 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11606 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11607 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11609 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11610 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11611 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11613 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11617 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11618 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11619 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11620 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11621 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11622 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11625 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11626 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11629 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11630 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11632 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11633 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11635 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11636 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11638 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11640 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11641 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11643 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11644 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11645 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11647 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11649 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
11652 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11654 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11655 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11658 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11659 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11660 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11661 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11662 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11663 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11665 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11670 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11671 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11674 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11677 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11679 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11681 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11682 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11683 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11685 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11688 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11689 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11691 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11697 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11698 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11699 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11700 are trailing null entries. */
11701 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11702 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11703 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11704 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11705 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11706 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11707 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11708 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11713 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11718 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11725 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11727 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11729 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11730 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11734 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11736 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11737 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11740 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11741 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11744 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11745 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11747 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11749 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11750 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11751 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11752 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11757 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11758 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11759 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11760 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11761 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11763 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11765 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11767 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11769 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11770 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11771 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11772 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11774 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11775 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11776 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11781 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
11783 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11785 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11786 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11788 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11792 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
11793 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11801 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11804 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11808 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11811 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11812 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
11815 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
11816 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
11819 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
11820 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
11823 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
11824 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
11825 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
11826 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
11827 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
11830 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
11831 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
11834 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
11835 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
11838 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
11839 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
11842 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
11843 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
11846 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
11847 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
11850 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
11851 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
11854 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
11855 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
11858 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
11859 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
11862 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
11863 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
11866 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
11867 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
11868 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
11869 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
11870 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
11871 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
11872 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
11873 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
11876 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
11877 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
11880 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
11881 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
11884 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
11885 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
11888 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
11889 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
11892 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
11893 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
11896 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
11897 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
11898 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
11901 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
11902 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
11905 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
11906 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
11909 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
11910 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
11913 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
11914 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
11917 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
11918 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
11921 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
11922 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
11923 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
11924 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
11927 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
11928 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
11929 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
11930 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
11933 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
11934 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
11937 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
11938 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
11941 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
11942 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
11947 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
11948 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
11949 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
11950 relocs to be sorted. */
11953 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
11955 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
11959 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11960 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11961 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11964 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
11965 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11968 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
11972 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11973 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11974 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11975 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
11976 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
11978 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11979 info for each special section. */
11980 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
11981 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
11984 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
11986 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
11987 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
11988 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
11990 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11993 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
11994 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11995 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11996 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11997 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
11998 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11999 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12000 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12003 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12004 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12005 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12006 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12007 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12008 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12009 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12010 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12011 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12014 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12015 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12017 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12018 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12020 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12023 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12024 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12025 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12026 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12027 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12028 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12029 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12032 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12033 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12035 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12037 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12038 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12045 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12049 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12050 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12055 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12056 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12057 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12060 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12061 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12064 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12065 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12066 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12067 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12070 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12071 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12072 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12073 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12076 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12077 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12078 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12079 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12085 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12088 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12089 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12092 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12095 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12097 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12098 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12100 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12101 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12106 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12110 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12112 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12114 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12115 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12117 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12118 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12126 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12128 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12129 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12131 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12132 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12137 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12141 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12143 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12145 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12146 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12148 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12149 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12157 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12158 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12159 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12161 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12162 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12163 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12164 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12166 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12168 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12169 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12174 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12176 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12178 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12179 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12182 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12184 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12185 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12186 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12187 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12188 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12189 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12190 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12191 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12192 *pm
= options_segment
;
12198 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12200 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12201 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12202 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12203 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12204 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12206 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12207 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12212 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12216 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12218 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12223 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12228 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12231 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12232 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12233 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12243 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12244 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12246 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12248 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12251 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12252 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12253 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12254 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12255 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12256 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12257 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12258 PT_LOAD segment. */
12259 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12262 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12264 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12266 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12270 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12272 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12274 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12276 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12277 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12284 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12285 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12290 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12291 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12293 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12296 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12297 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12304 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12306 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12308 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12310 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12319 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12320 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12322 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12323 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12324 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12325 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12326 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12328 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12329 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12330 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12331 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12332 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12335 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12336 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12338 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12339 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12341 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12342 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12346 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12350 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12358 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12362 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12363 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12364 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12365 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12366 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12368 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12371 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12373 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12374 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12378 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12381 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12384 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12385 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12386 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12387 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12390 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12391 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12392 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
12393 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
12394 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12395 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12397 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12400 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12401 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12402 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
12404 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12405 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
12406 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
12408 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
12409 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
12411 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
12412 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12413 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12414 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12415 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12416 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12417 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12418 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12419 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
12420 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
12421 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12422 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12423 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12424 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12425 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12426 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12427 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12428 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12429 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12430 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12441 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12444 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12445 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12449 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12451 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12455 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12458 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12460 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12461 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12463 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12471 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12472 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12473 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12474 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12477 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12478 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12479 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12481 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12483 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12485 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12486 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12487 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12488 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12489 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12490 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12492 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12495 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12496 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12497 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12498 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12499 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12500 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12502 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12503 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12505 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12507 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12508 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12510 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12512 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12513 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12515 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12517 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12518 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12520 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12521 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12522 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12523 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12524 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12525 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12528 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12531 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12532 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12535 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12536 unsigned char *tdata
;
12539 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12544 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12546 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12547 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12550 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12554 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12555 info
->keep_memory
);
12562 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12563 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12565 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12567 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12576 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12577 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12578 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12579 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12585 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12586 free (cookie
->rels
);
12592 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12594 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12600 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12601 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12602 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12604 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12607 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12610 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12614 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12615 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12617 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12619 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12622 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12625 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12626 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12630 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12631 from output by default for clarity. */
12634 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12636 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12639 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12640 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12642 struct mips_elf_find_line
12644 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12645 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12649 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
12650 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
12651 const char **filename_ptr
,
12652 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12653 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
12654 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
12658 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
12659 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12660 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
12661 dwarf_debug_sections
,
12662 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12663 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
12666 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12667 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12671 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12674 flagword origflags
;
12675 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12676 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12677 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12679 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12680 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12681 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12682 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12683 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12684 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12686 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12689 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12692 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12693 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12695 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12698 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12702 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12704 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12708 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12709 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12710 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12711 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12713 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12716 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12717 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12718 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12719 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12720 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12721 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12722 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12724 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12726 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12727 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12728 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12729 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12730 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12731 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12734 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12735 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12738 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12742 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12745 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12747 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12748 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12749 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
12753 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12754 const char **filename_ptr
,
12755 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12756 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12759 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12760 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12761 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12766 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12767 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12768 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12771 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12772 const void *location
,
12773 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12775 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12779 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12781 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12782 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12783 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12786 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12789 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12792 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12795 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12798 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12802 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12803 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12806 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12808 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12809 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12811 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
12814 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12815 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
12816 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12819 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
12820 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
12823 if (reloc_size
< 0)
12826 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
12827 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
12830 /* read in the section */
12831 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
12832 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
12835 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
12839 if (reloc_count
< 0)
12842 if (reloc_count
> 0)
12847 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12850 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
12851 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
12852 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12853 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
12854 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
12858 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
12859 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
12866 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
12867 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
12868 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12871 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12872 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12874 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
12876 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
12877 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
12879 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12881 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
12890 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
12892 char *error_message
= NULL
;
12893 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
12895 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12896 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12897 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12899 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12900 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12901 to the generic handling. */
12903 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
12904 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
12905 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
12906 input_section
, relocatable
,
12909 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
12911 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
12916 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
12918 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12919 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
12923 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
12927 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
12928 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
12929 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12930 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
);
12932 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
12933 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
12934 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
12935 (link_info
, error_message
,
12936 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
12938 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
12939 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
12941 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12942 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
12943 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
12945 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
12954 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12955 free (reloc_vector
);
12959 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12960 free (reloc_vector
);
12965 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
12966 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
12968 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12969 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
12970 bfd_byte
*contents
;
12971 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12972 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12973 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
12974 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12975 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
12976 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
12977 unsigned int symcount
;
12979 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
12980 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12982 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
12983 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12985 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12986 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
12987 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
12988 sec
->size
-= count
;
12990 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12991 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12993 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12994 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
12995 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
12998 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
12999 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13001 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13002 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13003 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13004 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13005 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13006 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13008 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13009 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13010 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13011 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13012 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13014 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13016 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13018 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13019 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13020 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13022 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13024 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13025 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13027 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13035 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13036 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13038 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13039 unsigned long match
;
13040 unsigned long mask
;
13043 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13047 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13049 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13050 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13052 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13054 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13055 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13058 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13060 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13061 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13062 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13063 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13066 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13067 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13069 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13070 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13072 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13073 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13075 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13076 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13078 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13079 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13081 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13082 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13085 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13087 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13088 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13089 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13091 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13093 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13094 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13095 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13096 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13099 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13100 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13101 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13102 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13105 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13106 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13107 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13108 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13111 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13112 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13113 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13114 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13117 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13119 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13120 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13123 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13125 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13126 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13128 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13129 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13131 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13132 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13134 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13135 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13137 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13138 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13140 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13142 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13143 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13145 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13146 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13148 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13149 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13150 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13151 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13154 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13156 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13157 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13159 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13160 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13161 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13165 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13167 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13168 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13170 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13171 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13173 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13174 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13176 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13178 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13180 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13181 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13183 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13184 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13185 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13186 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13190 /* LUI instruction. */
13192 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13193 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13196 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13198 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13199 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13201 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13202 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13204 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13205 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13208 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13210 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13211 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13212 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13213 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13215 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13216 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13218 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13219 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13220 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13221 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13224 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13225 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13228 /* NOP instructions. */
13230 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13231 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13233 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13234 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13237 /* Instruction match support. */
13239 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13242 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13244 unsigned long indx
;
13246 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13247 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13254 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13256 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13257 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13258 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13259 the second half of another instruction. */
13262 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13264 unsigned long opcode
;
13267 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13268 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13269 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13271 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13272 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13273 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13276 /* No delay slot. */
13282 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13283 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13284 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13285 the second half of another instruction. */
13288 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13290 unsigned long opcode
;
13293 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13294 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13295 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13297 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13298 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13301 /* No delay slot. */
13307 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13308 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13311 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13313 unsigned long opcode
;
13315 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13316 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13318 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13320 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13321 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13322 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13324 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13330 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13331 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13334 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13336 unsigned long opcode
;
13338 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13339 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13341 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13342 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13343 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13345 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13346 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13347 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13348 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13349 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13350 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13351 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13352 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13358 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13359 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13360 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13363 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13364 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13365 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13367 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13368 unsigned long opcode
;
13370 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13371 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13374 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13375 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13376 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13382 /* Bitsize checking. */
13383 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13384 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13385 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13389 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13390 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13391 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13393 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13394 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13395 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13396 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13397 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13398 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13400 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13403 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13404 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13407 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13408 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13409 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13410 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13413 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13415 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13416 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13417 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13418 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13419 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13422 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13423 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13424 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13426 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13427 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13428 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13429 unsigned long opcode
;
13435 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13436 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13440 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13442 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13443 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13444 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13447 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13448 if (contents
== NULL
)
13450 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13451 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13452 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13453 /* Go get them off disk. */
13454 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13457 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13459 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13460 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13462 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13463 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13464 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13465 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13467 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13471 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13472 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13474 /* A local symbol. */
13475 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13478 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13479 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13480 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13481 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13482 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13483 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13484 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13486 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13487 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13488 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13489 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13490 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13494 unsigned long indx
;
13495 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13497 /* An external symbol. */
13498 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13499 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13500 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13502 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13503 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13504 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13505 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13506 regular reloc processing. */
13509 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13510 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13511 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13512 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13513 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13517 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13518 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13519 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13520 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13521 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13522 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13523 the linker is run. */
13525 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13526 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13529 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13531 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13532 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13534 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13537 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13538 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13539 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13541 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13543 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13544 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13545 out the offset). */
13546 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13548 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13549 unsigned long nextopc
;
13553 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13555 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13556 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13557 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13560 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13561 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13562 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13563 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13566 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13567 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13568 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13569 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13572 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13573 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13574 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13575 it through if so. */
13576 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13577 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13578 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13579 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13580 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13581 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13583 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13585 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13588 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13590 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13591 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13592 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13593 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13594 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13595 switch (offset
- 4)
13600 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13604 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13611 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13613 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13615 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13618 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13619 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13620 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13622 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13623 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13625 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13626 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13628 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13629 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13630 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13631 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13632 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13633 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13636 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13637 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13638 the PC-relative distance. */
13639 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13640 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13641 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13642 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13643 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13645 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13646 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13648 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13649 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13650 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13652 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13653 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13656 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13660 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13661 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13663 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13668 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13669 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13670 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13671 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13672 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13673 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13674 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13675 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13677 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13678 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13679 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13680 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13682 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13686 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13688 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13689 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13690 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13691 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13693 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13695 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13696 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13700 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13701 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13703 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13704 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13705 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13707 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13708 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13710 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13713 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13716 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13721 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13722 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13724 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13725 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13726 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13727 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13728 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13729 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13733 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13735 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13736 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13738 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13740 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13741 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13742 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13745 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13750 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13752 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13753 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13754 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13755 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13757 unsigned long n32opc
;
13758 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13760 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13762 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13764 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13765 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13769 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13771 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13773 (move_insn_16
.match
13774 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13775 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13780 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13781 instructions will be handled here later. */
13785 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13786 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13787 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13789 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13797 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13798 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13799 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13800 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13802 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13803 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13804 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13807 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13808 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13813 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13814 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13816 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13820 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13821 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13825 if (contents
!= NULL
13826 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13828 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13832 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13833 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13837 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13838 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13839 free (internal_relocs
);
13844 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13845 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13847 if (contents
!= NULL
13848 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13850 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13851 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13852 free (internal_relocs
);
13857 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13859 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13860 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13862 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13863 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
13865 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
13869 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
13870 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
13871 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
13877 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
13878 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
13880 return &ret
->root
.root
;
13883 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13885 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13886 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13888 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13890 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
13893 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13895 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
13896 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13897 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
13902 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13903 and copy relocs. */
13906 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13908 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13911 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13912 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
13915 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
13917 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= on
;
13920 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13922 struct mips_mach_extension
13924 unsigned long extension
, base
;
13928 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13929 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13931 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
13933 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13934 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
13935 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
13936 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
13937 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
13938 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
13940 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13941 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13942 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13943 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13945 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13946 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
13948 /* R10000 extensions. */
13949 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13950 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13951 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13953 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13954 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13955 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13956 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13957 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13958 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
13959 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
13961 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13962 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13963 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13964 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13965 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13966 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13968 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13969 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
13970 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
13972 /* MIPS III extensions. */
13973 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13974 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13975 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13976 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13977 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13978 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13979 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13980 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13981 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13982 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13984 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
13985 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
13987 /* MIPS II extensions. */
13988 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
13989 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
13991 /* MIPS I extensions. */
13992 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
13993 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
13996 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
13999 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14003 if (extension
== base
)
14006 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14007 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14010 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14011 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14014 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14015 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14017 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14018 if (extension
== base
)
14025 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14027 static unsigned long
14028 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14032 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14033 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14034 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14035 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14036 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14037 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14038 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14039 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14040 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14041 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14042 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14043 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14044 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
14045 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14046 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14047 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14048 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14049 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14050 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14054 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14057 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14059 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14061 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14062 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14063 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14064 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14065 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14066 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14067 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14068 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14069 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14070 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14071 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14072 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14073 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
;
14074 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14075 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14076 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14077 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14078 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14079 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14084 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14085 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14087 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14088 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14089 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14091 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14094 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14097 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14099 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14100 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14101 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14102 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14103 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14104 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14105 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14106 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14107 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14108 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14109 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14111 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14112 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
14113 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14116 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14118 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14119 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14122 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14123 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14124 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14125 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14128 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14131 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14133 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14134 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14135 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14136 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14137 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14138 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14139 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14140 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14143 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14146 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14148 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14150 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14151 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14153 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14154 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14156 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14158 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14160 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14161 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14163 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14164 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14165 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14166 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14167 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14168 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14169 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14170 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14171 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14173 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14175 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14176 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14177 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14178 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14179 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14180 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14182 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14183 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14184 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14185 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14186 && abiflags
->isa_ext
!= AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
)
14187 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14190 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14191 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14192 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14195 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14198 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14199 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14200 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14201 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14202 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14203 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14204 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14205 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14206 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14207 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14212 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14214 static const char * const secname
[] =
14216 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14217 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14219 static const int sc
[] =
14221 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14222 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14225 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14227 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14228 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14230 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14233 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14235 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14237 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14241 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14242 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14244 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14246 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14247 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14248 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14249 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14250 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14251 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14252 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14253 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14254 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14255 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14256 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14257 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14259 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14261 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14263 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14264 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14266 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14269 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14270 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14274 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14275 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14276 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14280 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14282 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14283 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14285 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14286 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14287 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14289 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14291 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14292 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14293 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14294 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14296 asection
*input_section
;
14298 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14300 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14305 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14307 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14308 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14309 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14312 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14313 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14315 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14316 matters, but someday it might). */
14317 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14322 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14324 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14326 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14327 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14328 the information together. */
14329 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14331 asection
*input_section
;
14333 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14336 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14338 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14343 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14344 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14346 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14347 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14350 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14352 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14353 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14354 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14355 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14356 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14358 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14359 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14360 finally written out. */
14362 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14363 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14364 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14367 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14368 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14370 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14371 matters, but someday it might). */
14372 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14377 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14379 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14382 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14383 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14384 the information together. */
14385 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14386 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14387 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14388 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14389 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14390 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14391 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14392 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14393 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14394 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14395 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14396 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14397 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14399 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14401 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14402 debug_info structure. */
14404 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14405 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14406 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14407 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14408 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14410 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14411 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14412 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14413 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14415 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14416 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14420 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14424 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14425 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14426 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14427 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14429 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14431 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14432 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14435 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14436 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14439 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14440 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14441 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14445 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14447 asection
*input_section
;
14449 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14450 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14454 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14456 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14461 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14462 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14464 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14466 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14467 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14468 want to deal with it. */
14472 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14473 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14475 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14477 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14478 read in the debugging information and set up an
14479 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14480 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14484 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14485 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14486 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14489 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14490 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14491 the linker global hash table and save the information
14492 for the output external symbols. */
14493 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14494 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14495 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14496 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14498 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14499 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14503 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14505 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14506 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14507 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14508 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14511 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14512 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14513 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14514 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14519 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14520 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14521 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14527 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14528 free (input_debug
.line
);
14529 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14530 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14531 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14532 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14533 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14534 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14535 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14536 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14537 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14538 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14540 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14541 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14542 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14545 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
14547 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14548 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14549 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14551 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14552 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14554 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14557 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14558 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14562 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14568 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14571 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14573 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14574 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14575 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14579 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14580 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14582 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14583 matters, but someday it might). */
14584 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14589 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14591 const char *subname
;
14594 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14597 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14598 information describing how the small data area would
14599 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14600 not used in executables files. */
14601 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14603 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14605 asection
*input_section
;
14607 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14609 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14614 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14616 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14617 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14618 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14621 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14622 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14623 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14625 /* Really remove the section. */
14626 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14627 --abfd
->section_count
;
14632 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14633 uninitialized data. */
14634 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14635 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14636 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14640 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14641 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14642 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
14643 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14647 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14648 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14649 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14650 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14651 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14652 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14653 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14655 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14656 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14658 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14659 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14660 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14663 /* Set up the first entry. */
14665 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14666 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14669 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14670 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14672 /* Combine the input sections. */
14673 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14675 asection
*input_section
;
14677 bfd_size_type size
;
14678 unsigned long last
;
14679 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14681 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14683 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14688 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14689 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14691 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14692 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14693 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14694 size
= input_section
->size
;
14696 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14698 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14700 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14701 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14707 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14708 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14709 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14715 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14717 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14718 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14721 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14723 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14724 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14726 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14732 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14735 /* We need a new table entry. */
14736 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14737 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14738 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14744 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14745 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14747 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14748 value, since that will be implied by this new
14751 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14753 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14755 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14756 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14760 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14761 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14766 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14769 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14770 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14771 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14774 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14776 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14778 /* Swap out the table. */
14779 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14780 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14781 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14787 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14788 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14791 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14792 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14794 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14795 matters, but someday it might). */
14796 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14800 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14801 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14804 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14806 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
14808 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
14809 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
14811 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
14813 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14814 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
14816 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
14817 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
14819 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
14820 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14824 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
14826 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14828 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
14829 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14833 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
14835 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
14836 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
14838 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
14841 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14844 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
14846 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
14847 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
14848 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
14852 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
14854 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
14855 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
14856 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
14860 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
14862 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14863 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
14865 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
14866 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
14867 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
14875 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
14876 if there are conflicting settings. */
14879 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
14881 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
14882 flagword old_flags
;
14883 flagword new_flags
;
14886 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
14887 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14888 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
14890 /* Check flag compatibility. */
14892 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14893 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14895 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
14896 doesn't seem to matter. */
14897 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14898 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14900 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
14901 just be able to ignore this. */
14902 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14903 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14905 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
14906 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
14907 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14909 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
14914 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
14915 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
14917 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14918 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14923 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
14924 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14925 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
14926 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
14928 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14929 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14931 /* Compare the ISAs. */
14932 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
14934 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14935 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14939 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
14941 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14942 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
14944 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14945 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
14946 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
14947 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
14948 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
14949 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
14950 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14952 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
14953 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
14955 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
14956 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
14957 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
14958 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
14959 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14960 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14964 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
14965 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14966 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14968 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
14969 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
14974 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14975 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14977 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
14978 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
14979 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
14980 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14981 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
14983 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
14984 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14985 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14986 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
14988 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14989 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14991 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
14992 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
14995 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14996 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14999 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15000 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15001 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15003 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15004 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15005 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15006 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15007 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15008 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15010 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15012 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15013 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15015 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15016 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15020 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15022 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15023 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15026 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15027 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15029 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15031 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15032 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15033 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15034 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15036 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15037 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15040 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15041 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15043 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15045 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15046 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15047 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15048 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15050 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15051 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15054 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15055 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15057 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15058 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules "
15060 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
15061 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
15068 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15069 there are conflicting attributes. */
15071 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15073 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15074 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15078 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15079 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15080 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15081 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15083 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15085 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15086 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15088 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15090 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15091 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15093 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15095 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15100 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15101 non-conflicting ones. */
15102 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15103 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15107 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15108 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15109 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15110 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15111 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15112 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15113 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15114 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15115 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15117 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15118 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15120 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15121 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15122 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15123 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15124 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15125 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15126 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15128 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15129 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15131 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15132 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15133 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15134 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15136 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15138 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15139 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15140 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15141 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15143 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15144 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15145 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_fp
);
15146 else if (!out_string
)
15148 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15149 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15150 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_string
);
15151 else if (!in_string
)
15153 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15154 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15155 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_fp
);
15158 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15159 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15160 really relevant to the error message. */
15161 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15162 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15163 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15164 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15166 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15167 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_string
);
15172 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15173 non-conflicting ones. */
15174 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15176 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15177 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15178 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15179 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15180 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15182 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15184 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15185 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15186 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15187 "-mmsa", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15191 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15193 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15195 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15196 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15197 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15198 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
, "-mmsa");
15203 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15204 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15205 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15206 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15207 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15213 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15214 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15217 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15218 there are conflicting settings. */
15221 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15223 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15224 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15225 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15227 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15228 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15230 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15231 /* Merge abiflags. */
15232 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15233 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15234 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15235 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15236 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15237 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15238 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15239 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15240 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15241 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15243 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15244 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15249 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15250 object file when linking. */
15253 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15255 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15256 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15257 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15261 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15262 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
15264 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15265 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15270 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15273 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15274 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15276 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15278 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15279 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15284 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15285 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15286 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15287 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15289 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15290 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15291 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15292 not affect compatibility. */
15293 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15294 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15295 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15297 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15298 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15299 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15301 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15305 if (null_input_bfd
)
15308 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15309 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15311 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15312 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15313 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15315 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15317 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15318 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15320 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15321 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15323 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15324 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15325 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15326 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15328 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15329 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15330 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15331 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15332 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15333 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15334 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15335 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15336 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15337 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15338 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15339 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15340 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15341 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15342 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15344 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15345 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15346 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15347 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15348 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15349 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15350 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15351 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15352 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15353 (unsigned long) in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15357 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15358 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15361 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15363 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15364 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15365 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15368 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15370 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15371 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15372 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15373 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15375 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15376 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15377 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15378 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15380 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15381 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15384 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15385 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15391 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, obfd
);
15393 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15395 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15399 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15406 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15409 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15411 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15412 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15414 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15415 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15420 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15424 default: return "";
15425 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15426 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15427 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15428 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15429 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15430 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15431 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15432 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15433 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15434 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15435 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15436 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15438 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15439 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15440 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15441 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15442 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15443 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15444 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15445 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15446 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15447 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15448 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15449 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15450 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15451 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15452 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15453 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15454 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15455 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15456 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15457 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15458 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15459 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15460 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15461 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15462 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15463 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15464 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15465 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15466 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15467 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15468 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15469 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15470 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15471 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15472 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15473 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15474 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15475 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15476 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15477 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15478 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15479 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15480 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15481 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15482 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15483 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15484 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15485 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15486 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15487 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15488 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15489 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15490 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15491 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15492 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15493 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15494 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15495 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15496 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15497 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15498 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15499 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15500 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15501 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15502 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15503 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15504 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15505 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15506 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15507 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15508 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15509 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15510 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15511 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15512 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15513 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15514 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15515 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15516 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15520 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15524 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15528 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15530 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15531 return "-mdouble-float";
15533 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15534 return "-msingle-float";
15536 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15537 return "-msoft-float";
15539 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15540 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15542 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15545 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15546 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15548 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15549 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15557 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15559 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15560 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15561 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15562 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15563 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
15564 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
15565 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15566 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15567 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15568 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15569 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15570 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15571 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15572 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15573 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15574 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15575 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15576 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15577 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15578 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15579 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15580 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15581 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15582 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15583 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15584 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15585 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15586 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15588 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15589 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
15590 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
15594 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15599 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15602 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15604 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
15605 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
15607 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15608 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15610 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15611 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15613 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
:
15614 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file
);
15616 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15617 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15620 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15623 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15626 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15629 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15632 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15634 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15635 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15638 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15641 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15644 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15647 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15650 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15652 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15653 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15655 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15656 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15659 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
15665 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15669 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15670 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15672 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15673 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15675 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15676 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15678 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15679 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15681 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15682 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15684 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15685 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15687 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15688 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15690 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15691 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15694 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15700 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15702 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15703 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15704 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15705 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15710 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15714 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15716 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15717 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15719 /* xgettext:c-format */
15720 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15722 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15723 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15724 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15725 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15726 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15727 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15728 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15729 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15730 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15731 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15732 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15733 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15734 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15735 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15737 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15739 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15740 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15741 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15742 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15743 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15744 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15745 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15746 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15747 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15748 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15749 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15750 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15751 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15752 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15753 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15754 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15755 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15756 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15757 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15758 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15759 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15760 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15762 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15764 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15765 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15767 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15768 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15770 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15771 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15773 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15774 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15776 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15777 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15779 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15780 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15782 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15784 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
15785 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
15787 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
15788 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
15790 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
15791 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
15793 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
15794 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
15796 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
15797 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
15799 fputc ('\n', file
);
15801 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15803 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15804 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
15805 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
15806 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
15807 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
15808 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
15809 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
15810 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15811 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
15812 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15813 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
15814 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
15815 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
15816 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
15817 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
15818 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
15819 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
15820 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
15821 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
15822 fputc ('\n', file
);
15828 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
15830 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15831 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15832 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
15833 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15834 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15835 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
15836 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
15839 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
15840 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
15841 definiton of the symbol. */
15843 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
15844 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
15845 bfd_boolean definition
,
15846 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15848 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
15850 unsigned char other
;
15852 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
15853 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
15854 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
15858 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
15859 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
15862 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15863 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15865 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
15867 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
15871 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
15873 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
15874 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15875 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
15878 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15879 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15882 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
15883 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15886 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
15887 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
15890 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15891 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15892 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15893 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15894 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
15895 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
15896 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
15897 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
15900 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
15901 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15902 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15903 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
15906 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
15907 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
15908 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
15909 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
15911 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
15912 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
15913 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
15914 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
15915 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
15916 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
15917 unsigned int other
;
15918 bfd_vma entry_size
;
15937 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
15940 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
15941 if (relplt
== NULL
)
15944 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
15945 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
15948 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
15952 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
15953 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
15955 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
15957 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
15958 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
15959 PLT slots per relocation. */
15960 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
15961 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
15962 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
15963 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
15964 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
15965 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
15966 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
15968 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
15969 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
15971 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
15974 if (plt
->size
< 16)
15977 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
15980 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
15982 names
= (char *) send
;
15983 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
15986 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
15987 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
15991 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15992 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15994 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
15998 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15999 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16003 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16008 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16012 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16013 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16014 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16018 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16019 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16020 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16022 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16023 const char *suffix
;
16028 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16030 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16031 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16035 /* Truncated table??? */
16036 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16038 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16039 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16040 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16041 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16042 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16044 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16045 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16049 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16050 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16051 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16053 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16054 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16055 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16056 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16057 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16058 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16060 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16061 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16063 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16064 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16065 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16066 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16067 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16068 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16069 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16070 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16071 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16073 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16076 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16077 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16078 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16079 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16080 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16081 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16082 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16083 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16086 /* Truncated table??? */
16087 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16091 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16092 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16099 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16100 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16101 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16102 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16103 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16104 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16106 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16108 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16110 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16111 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16112 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16115 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16117 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16118 names
+= suffixlen
;
16121 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16131 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16133 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16134 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16136 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16139 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16140 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16142 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16143 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;
16146 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16148 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16149 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16150 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 3;
16152 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
) && !(elf_stack_flags (abfd
) & PF_X
))
16153 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 5;
16157 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16159 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16162 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16165 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16167 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;